agora inbox for [email protected]help / color / mirror / Atom feed
[PATCH v47 7/9] Fix a few problems in index build progress reporting. 213+ messages / 2 participants [nested] [flat]
* [PATCH v47 7/9] Fix a few problems in index build progress reporting. @ 2026-03-27 15:50 Álvaro Herrera <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Álvaro Herrera @ 2026-03-27 15:50 UTC (permalink / raw) First, index_build() should not update the progress when being driven by REPACK, because the progress reporting infractructure cannot handle status of two commands at the same time. So far, REPACK with the CONCURRENTLY option neglected this problem altogether, but even the existing REPACK wasn't consistent enough: even if the 'progress' variable in repack_index() was false, it didn't pass the value to index_build(). Second, REPACK (CONCURRENTLY) should not set PROGRESS_REPACK_PHASE to PROGRESS_REPACK_PHASE_FINAL_CLEANUP in rebuild_relation() because it calls finish_heap_swap() anyway (via rebuild_relation_finish_concurrent()), which does the same thing. --- src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c | 2 +- src/backend/catalog/heap.c | 3 ++- src/backend/catalog/index.c | 22 ++++++++++++++++++---- src/backend/catalog/toasting.c | 3 ++- src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c | 1 + src/include/catalog/index.h | 4 +++- 6 files changed, 27 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c b/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c index 38ef683d4c7..60fb7051830 100644 --- a/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c +++ b/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c @@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ build_indices(void) heap = table_open(ILHead->il_heap, NoLock); ind = index_open(ILHead->il_ind, NoLock); - index_build(heap, ind, ILHead->il_info, false, false); + index_build(heap, ind, ILHead->il_info, false, false, false); index_close(ind, NoLock); table_close(heap, NoLock); diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/heap.c b/src/backend/catalog/heap.c index 5748aa9a1a9..ae6b7cda3dd 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/heap.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/heap.c @@ -3570,7 +3570,8 @@ RelationTruncateIndexes(Relation heapRelation) /* Initialize the index and rebuild */ /* Note: we do not need to re-establish pkey setting */ - index_build(heapRelation, currentIndex, indexInfo, true, false); + index_build(heapRelation, currentIndex, indexInfo, true, false, + true); /* We're done with this index */ index_close(currentIndex, NoLock); diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/index.c b/src/backend/catalog/index.c index b86ad73c626..bac8d527ae5 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/index.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/index.c @@ -715,6 +715,9 @@ UpdateIndexRelation(Oid indexoid, * already exists. * INDEX_CREATE_PARTITIONED: * create a partitioned index (table must be partitioned) + * INDEX_CREATE_REPORT_PROGRESS: + * update the backend's progress information during index build. + * constr_flags: flags passed to index_constraint_create * (only if INDEX_CREATE_ADD_CONSTRAINT is set) * allow_system_table_mods: allow table to be a system catalog @@ -760,6 +763,7 @@ index_create(Relation heapRelation, bool invalid = (flags & INDEX_CREATE_INVALID) != 0; bool concurrent = (flags & INDEX_CREATE_CONCURRENT) != 0; bool partitioned = (flags & INDEX_CREATE_PARTITIONED) != 0; + bool progress = (flags & INDEX_CREATE_REPORT_PROGRESS) != 0; char relkind; TransactionId relfrozenxid; MultiXactId relminmxid; @@ -1276,7 +1280,8 @@ index_create(Relation heapRelation, } else { - index_build(heapRelation, indexRelation, indexInfo, false, true); + index_build(heapRelation, indexRelation, indexInfo, false, true, + progress); } /* @@ -1438,6 +1443,12 @@ index_create_copy(Relation heapRelation, bool concurrently, stattargets[i].isnull = isnull; } + /* + * Note: The current callers do not need INDEX_CREATE_REPORT_PROGRESS. If + * 'concurrently' is true, there is no build at all. Otherwise the index + * build is a sub-command of REPACK. The current infrastructure does not + * allow two commands to report their progress at the same time. + */ if (concurrently) flags = INDEX_CREATE_SKIP_BUILD | INDEX_CREATE_CONCURRENT; @@ -1528,7 +1539,7 @@ index_concurrently_build(Oid heapRelationId, indexInfo->ii_BrokenHotChain = false; /* Now build the index */ - index_build(heapRel, indexRelation, indexInfo, false, true); + index_build(heapRel, indexRelation, indexInfo, false, true, true); /* Roll back any GUC changes executed by index functions */ AtEOXact_GUC(false, save_nestlevel); @@ -3001,6 +3012,7 @@ index_update_stats(Relation rel, * * isreindex indicates we are recreating a previously-existing index. * parallel indicates if parallelism may be useful. + * progress indicates if the backend should update its progress info. * * Note: before Postgres 8.2, the passed-in heap and index Relations * were automatically closed by this routine. This is no longer the case. @@ -3011,7 +3023,8 @@ index_build(Relation heapRelation, Relation indexRelation, IndexInfo *indexInfo, bool isreindex, - bool parallel) + bool parallel, + bool progress) { IndexBuildResult *stats; Oid save_userid; @@ -3062,6 +3075,7 @@ index_build(Relation heapRelation, RestrictSearchPath(); /* Set up initial progress report status */ + if (progress) { const int progress_index[] = { PROGRESS_CREATEIDX_PHASE, @@ -3819,7 +3833,7 @@ reindex_index(const ReindexStmt *stmt, Oid indexId, /* Initialize the index and rebuild */ /* Note: we do not need to re-establish pkey setting */ - index_build(heapRelation, iRel, indexInfo, true, true); + index_build(heapRelation, iRel, indexInfo, true, true, progress); /* Re-allow use of target index */ ResetReindexProcessing(); diff --git a/src/backend/catalog/toasting.c b/src/backend/catalog/toasting.c index 078a1cf5127..73c41360ae9 100644 --- a/src/backend/catalog/toasting.c +++ b/src/backend/catalog/toasting.c @@ -331,7 +331,8 @@ create_toast_table(Relation rel, Oid toastOid, Oid toastIndexOid, BTREE_AM_OID, rel->rd_rel->reltablespace, collationIds, opclassIds, NULL, coloptions, NULL, (Datum) 0, - INDEX_CREATE_IS_PRIMARY, 0, true, true, NULL); + INDEX_CREATE_IS_PRIMARY | INDEX_CREATE_REPORT_PROGRESS, 0, + true, true, NULL); table_close(toast_rel, NoLock); diff --git a/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c index 4a2d21915b1..25e8c1945c5 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c @@ -1233,6 +1233,7 @@ DefineIndex(ParseState *pstate, flags |= INDEX_CREATE_PARTITIONED; if (stmt->primary) flags |= INDEX_CREATE_IS_PRIMARY; + flags |= INDEX_CREATE_REPORT_PROGRESS; /* * If the table is partitioned, and recursion was declined but partitions diff --git a/src/include/catalog/index.h b/src/include/catalog/index.h index ed9e4c37d27..7ebe4f0bd87 100644 --- a/src/include/catalog/index.h +++ b/src/include/catalog/index.h @@ -71,6 +71,7 @@ extern void index_check_primary_key(Relation heapRel, #define INDEX_CREATE_IF_NOT_EXISTS (1 << 4) #define INDEX_CREATE_PARTITIONED (1 << 5) #define INDEX_CREATE_INVALID (1 << 6) +#define INDEX_CREATE_REPORT_PROGRESS (1 << 7) extern Oid index_create(Relation heapRelation, const char *indexRelationName, @@ -148,7 +149,8 @@ extern void index_build(Relation heapRelation, Relation indexRelation, IndexInfo *indexInfo, bool isreindex, - bool parallel); + bool parallel, + bool progress); extern void validate_index(Oid heapId, Oid indexId, Snapshot snapshot); -- 2.47.3 --2fxmamo6mu2qbxgv Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=utf-8 Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v47-0008-Error-out-any-process-that-would-block-at-REPACK.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-03 14:03 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:03 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 167 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 118 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index e23b366a87d..866341c2cfb 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2570,11 +2596,6 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subid = form->oid; - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); @@ -2583,20 +2604,68 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v3-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --3eAVwo4vDNlHc8RC-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication @ 2026-07-03 14:46 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-03 14:46 UTC (permalink / raw) Apply the same RangeVarGetRelidExtended() style retry loop to AlterPublication()'s tables/schemas branch that was added for subscriptions in commit XXXX. Previously, this branch resolved the publication name and checked ownership at the top of AlterPublication(), then locked and re-read by OID. This left a window where concurrent DDL could have modified the ownership and/or the name resolution Now the tables/schemas branch has its own complete retry loop: name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition all inside the loop. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c | 105 +++++++++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c index 440adb356ad..dfd707bc7d7 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/publicationcmds.c @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/inval.h" @@ -1662,54 +1663,92 @@ AlterPublication(ParseState *pstate, AlterPublicationStmt *stmt) rel = table_open(PublicationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, - CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); + if (stmt->options) + { + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, - stmt->pubname); + /* must be owner */ + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubform->oid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); - if (stmt->options) AlterPublicationOptions(pstate, stmt, rel, tup); + } else { List *relations = NIL; List *exceptrelations = NIL; List *schemaidlist = NIL; - Oid pubid = pubform->oid; + Oid pubid; - ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, - &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + /* + * Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation + * messages arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the + * lock held across retries and only release it if the name resolves + * to a different OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldPubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - heap_freetuple(tup); + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONNAME, + CStringGetDatum(stmt->pubname)); - /* Lock the publication so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, - AccessExclusiveLock); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->pubname))); - /* - * It is possible that by the time we acquire the lock on publication, - * concurrent DDL has removed it. We can test this by checking the - * existence of publication. We get the tuple again to avoid the risk - * of any publication option getting changed. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(PUBLICATIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(pubid)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("publication \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->pubname)); + pubform = (Form_pg_publication) GETSTRUCT(tup); + pubid = pubform->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(PublicationRelationId, pubid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_PUBLICATION, + stmt->pubname); + + if (retry) + { + if (pubid == oldPubId) + break; + UnlockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, oldPubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockDatabaseObject(PublicationRelationId, pubid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + retry = true; + oldPubId = pubid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } + + ObjectsInPublicationToOids(stmt->pubobjects, pstate, &relations, + &exceptrelations, &schemaidlist); + + CheckAlterPublication(stmt, tup, relations, schemaidlist); relations = list_concat(relations, exceptrelations); AlterPublicationTables(stmt, tup, relations, pstate->p_sourcetext, -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw-- ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
* [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription @ 2026-07-06 04:44 Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 0 siblings, 0 replies; 213+ messages in thread From: Bertrand Drouvot @ 2026-07-06 04:44 UTC (permalink / raw) Following the approach of RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for relations, add a retry loop that includes name resolution, ownership check, and lock acquisition in AlterSubscription() and DropSubscription(). The loop records SharedInvalidMessageCounter, resolves the subscription name to an OID, checks ownership, then locks the subscription. If the invalidation counter changed (indicating concurrent DDL), we save the current OID and retry. On the next iteration, if the name still resolves to the same OID, we're done (already holding the correct lock). If it resolves to a different OID, we release the old lock and acquire the new one. This mirrors RangeVarGetRelidExtended()'s behavior: the lock is kept across retries to avoid a window where another session could have committed concurrent DDL modifying the ownership and/or the name resolution. Author: Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <[email protected]> Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda (Fujitsu) <[email protected]> Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/akZUpiDa1UfmzYxL%40bdtpg --- src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c | 189 +++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 134 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) 100.0% src/backend/commands/ diff --git a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c index c9e7fbdb47b..615c3921bc3 100644 --- a/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c +++ b/src/backend/commands/subscriptioncmds.c @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include "replication/walsender.h" #include "replication/worker_internal.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/sinval.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/guc.h" @@ -1592,23 +1593,67 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, rel = table_open(SubscriptionRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); - /* Fetch the existing tuple. */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), - CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); + /* + * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. + */ + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; + tup = SearchSysCacheCopy2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + heap_freetuple(tup); + } + } /* parse and check options */ switch (stmt->kind) @@ -1686,25 +1731,6 @@ AlterSubscription(ParseState *pstate, AlterSubscriptionStmt *stmt, orig_conninfo_needed = false; } - heap_freetuple(tup); - - /* Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); - - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * DROP or ALTER may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); - - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); - - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - /* * Skip ACL checks on the subscription's foreign server, if any. If * changing the server (or replacing it with a raw connection), then the @@ -2567,38 +2593,91 @@ DropSubscription(DropSubscriptionStmt *stmt, bool isTopLevel) return; } - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); - subid = form->oid; - - /* must be owner */ - if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, GetUserId())) - aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, - stmt->subname); - ReleaseSysCache(tup); /* * Lock the subscription so nobody else can do anything with it (including * the replication workers). + * + * Like RangeVarGetRelidExtended() does for relations, we resolve the + * name, check ownership, and lock inside a loop. If invalidation messages + * arrive (indicating concurrent DDL), we retry. We keep the lock held + * across retries and only release it if the name resolves to a different + * OID on the next iteration. */ - LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, AccessExclusiveLock); + { + Oid oldSubId = InvalidOid; + bool retry = false; - /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ - InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); + for (;;) + { + uint64 inval_count = SharedInvalidMessageCounter; - /* - * Re-read the subscription tuple after acquiring the lock. A concurrent - * ALTER or DROP may have committed before we acquired the lock. - */ - tup = SearchSysCache1(SUBSCRIPTIONOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(subid)); + tup = SearchSysCache2(SUBSCRIPTIONNAME, + ObjectIdGetDatum(MyDatabaseId), + CStringGetDatum(stmt->subname)); - if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) - ereport(ERROR, - (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), - errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", - stmt->subname))); + if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) + { + if (retry) + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + table_close(rel, NoLock); + + if (!stmt->missing_ok) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), + errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist", + stmt->subname))); + else + ereport(NOTICE, + (errmsg("subscription \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", + stmt->subname))); + + return; + } + + form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); + subid = form->oid; + + if (!object_ownercheck(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, + GetUserId())) + { + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SUBSCRIPTION, + stmt->subname); + } + + /* + * If upon retry we get the same OID, the invalidation messages + * did not change the final answer. So we're done. If we got a + * different OID, unlock the old one and lock the new one below. + */ + if (retry) + { + if (subid == oldSubId) + break; + UnlockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, oldSubId, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + } + + LockSharedObject(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0, + AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* If no invalidation messages, we're done. */ + if (inval_count == SharedInvalidMessageCounter) + break; + + /* Something may have changed, retry. */ + retry = true; + oldSubId = subid; + ReleaseSysCache(tup); + } + } + + /* DROP hook for the subscription being removed */ + InvokeObjectDropHook(SubscriptionRelationId, subid, 0); - form = (Form_pg_subscription) GETSTRUCT(tup); subowner = form->subowner; subserver = form->subserver; subconflictlogrelid = form->subconflictlogrelid; -- 2.34.1 --b+bwjVhifbzgesmw Content-Type: text/x-diff; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="v4-0004-Add-invalidation-based-retry-loop-for-AlterPublic.patch" ^ permalink raw reply [nested|flat] 213+ messages in thread
end of thread, other threads:[~2026-07-06 04:44 UTC | newest] Thread overview: 213+ messages (download: mbox mbox.gz follow: Atom feed) -- links below jump to the message on this page -- 2026-03-27 15:50 [PATCH v47 7/9] Fix a few problems in index build progress reporting. Álvaro Herrera <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:03 [PATCH v3 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v4 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-03 14:46 [PATCH v3 4/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for AlterPublication Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]> 2026-07-06 04:44 [PATCH v4 3/4] Add invalidation-based retry loop for Alter/Drop Subscription Bertrand Drouvot <[email protected]>
This inbox is served by agora; see mirroring instructions for how to clone and mirror all data and code used for this inbox